Une erreur est survenue. Détails Cacher
Vos pages ne sont pas sauvegardées. Rétablir Annuler

Inde

  • Président :Ram Nath Kovind
  • Premier ministre:Narendra Modi
  • Capitale:New Delhi
  • Langues:Hindi 41%, Bengali 8.1%, Telugu 7.2%, Marathi 7%, Tamil 5.9%, Urdu 5%, Gujarati 4.5%, Kannada 3.7%, Malayalam 3.2%, Oriya 3.2%, Punjabi 2.8%, Assamese 1.3%, Maithili 1.2%, other 5.9% note: English enjoys the status of subsidiary official language but is the most important language for national, political, and commercial communication; Hindi is the most widely spoken language and primary tongue of 41% of the people; there are 14 other official languages: Bengali, Telugu, Marathi, Tamil, Urdu, Gujarati, Malayalam, Kannada, Oriya, Punjabi, Assamese, Kashmiri, Sindhi, and Sanskrit; Hindustani is a popular variant of Hindi/Urdu spoken widely throughout northern India but is not an official language (2001 census)
  • Gouvernement
  • Bureau de statistique national
  • Population, personnes:1 352 617 328 (2018)
  • Surface en km2:2 973 190
  • PIB par habitant, US$:2 016 (2018)
  • PIB, milliards US$ en cours:2 726,3 (2018)
  • Indice de GINI:No data
  • Classement Facilité à faire des affaires:77
Tous les ensembles de données:  . 1 2 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y В Д Н П С Ч
  • .
  • 1
  • 2
    • février 2015
      Source : American Institute of Stress
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2016
      Source : Deloitte
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
  • 3
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • A
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Unique Identification Authority of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data for total enrollments is a cumulative data
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 décembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World Electricity access database Hundreds of millions of people have gained access to modern energy over the last two decades, especially in China and India. Rapid economic development in several developing countries, increasing urbanisation and ongoing energy access programmes have been important factors in this achievement. The IEA Access to Energy database provides a snapshot of progress made toward meeting the ultimate goal of universal access. Note: For indicator population without access, value 1 represent <1 except Botswana, Guatemala countries
    • février 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Accessibility of Educational Institutions Before and After Completion of Rural Roads - Based on Sample Survey   Description: The data refers to information on Accessibility of Economic and Social Services- Educational Institutions Before and After Completion of Rural Roads under the Scheme. It provides details of Responses of Beneficiaries regarding Accessibility of Educational Institutions for the selected sample states. The outcome is based on the sample survey undertaken by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO), Planning commission which covered 14 districts, 27 blocks, 138 roads, 138 habitations and 1380 beneficiary households spread over 7 states of India for 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010'. The reference period for the study was 2005-06 to 2006-07.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Ecomic; Road; Bharat; Nirman; Social   Group: Rural Roads   Sectors: Rural; Roads; Infrastructure; Development; Urban   Note: This data set has been sourced from 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010' by PEO, Planning commission; NA = Not Available; IS = Improved; IM = Improved Marginally; NC = No Change; DET = Deteriorated.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • octobre 2019
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used: Migration and calculation of foreign resident population and structure by citizenship : Istat since 2011 has been producing estimates on characteristics (citizenship of origin, gender and age) of the new Italian citizens and on the different ways of access to citizenship (marriage, residence, etc.). The data are also provided to Eurostat for Regulation (EC) 862/2007. The estimates are produced using different data sources. Istat: municipal registry lists Ministry of Interior: datasets on acquisitions of citizenship.
    • août 2018
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 octobre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime in India - 1999   Description: Catalog contains data of Crime in India -1999. Get information on Cognizable crimes registered, IPC crimes, SLL cases, Violent crimes, Murder and culpable homicide not amounting to murder, Victims of murder, Victims of culpable homicide not amounting to murder, Murdered by use of fire arms, Unidentified dead bodies recovered and inquest conducted, Victims of kidnapping & abduction, Disposal of crime cases, Charge sheet of crimes, Complaint received and case registered under IPC and SLL, Conviction rate , Detail of courts and period of trials, Crimes committed against women, Victims of rape cases, Offenders relation and nearness to rape victims, Crimes committed against children, Crime committed against scheduled castes and schedule tribes, Property stolen & recovered and percentage recovery, Vehicles stolen, Recovered and co-ordinated, Dacoity cases, Robbery cases, Burglary cases, Theft cases, Cultural property (including antiques) stolen and recovered, Statement of cognizable crime registered & their disposal, Juvenile delinquency under different crime heads, Juveniles apprehended, Disposal of juveniles arrested, Classification of juveniles arrested, Recidivism amongst persons arrested, Disposal of persons arrested, Deaths in police custody /lockup, Escapes from police custody, Reported custodial rape cases and their disposal, Persons arrested under custodial ,Rape and their disposal by police and courts, Event wise persons killed or injured under police firing, Police personnel killed or injured on duty, Police personnel died (natural deaths) while in service, Police personnel committed suicide while in service, Rank wise police personnel killed or injured on duty, Complaints/cases registered against personnel, Incidence of human right violation by police, Sanctioned and strength of civil police including district armed police, Information on police housing, Sanctioned and actual strength of home guards and auxiliary force, Equipments and transport support, Police stations by volume of crime, Police stations by strength of personnel, Organization setup, Representation of SCs/STs and muslims in police etc. For the first time, information on infrastructure & facilities available with police forces such as housing, equipment, transport, natural & suicidal deaths of police officials and duration of completed trials etc. have been included.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Incest; Murder; Kidnapping; Police; Crime; Theft; Importation; Girl; Rape; Offender; Victim; Culpable; Homicide; Abduction; Infrastructure; Force; Suicidal; Death; Duration   Group: Crime   Sectors: Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: NR:Not Recived
    • février 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      L'âge médian marque le point où la moitié du groupe est plus âgée que cet âge et la moitié est plus jeune. La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1990-2015 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2016-2030 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en juillet 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la note méthodologique général (en anglais) et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections de la main d'oeuvre (en anglais).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Age-group-wise Victims of kidnapping and abduction   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details on total number of cases reported under Kidnapping & Abduction and number of victims of murder by purpose. All persons are categorized into male and female. The Age group of victims (both male and female) of murders are classified into 0-10, 10-15, 15-18, 18-30, 30-50, 50 & above. The various purposes listed for kidnapping and abduction are for Adoption, For Begging, For Camel racing, For Illicit intercourse, For marriage, For Prostitution, For Ransom, For Revenge, For Sale, For Selling body parts, For Slavery, For unlawful activity, For unlawful activity and Others.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Victim; Kidnapping; Abduction; Crime   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Age-group-wise Victims of murder   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details on total number of cases reported under murder and number of victims of murder by gender. The Age group of victims (both male and female) of murders are classified into 0-10, 10-15, 15-18, 18-30, 30-50, 50 and above.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Murder; Victim   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Crime in India 2012, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Age-group-wise Victims of murder   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details on total number of cases reported under murder and number of victims of murder by gender. The Age group of victims (both male and female) of murders are classified into 0-10, 10-15, 15-18, 18-30, 30-50, 50 and above.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Murder; Victim   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Chief Executives Board for Coordination, UN
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Agency Revenue By Government Donor for assessed revenue type
    • avril 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Aggregate technical and commercial losses of State power utilities (SPUs) (within state)   Description: The data refers to details on aggregate technical and commercial losses of State power utilities (SPUs) (within state) by state during different years.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: technical; commercial   Group: State power utilities and Electricity Departments   Sectors: Power and Energy   Note: Figures are in %age. Source: Power and Energy Division, Planning Commission.
    • mars 2019
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers agriculture statistics for both national and state level for the following topics; Pattern of land utilization, Area under principal crops, Production of principal crops, Average yield, Cost estimates. Source: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI) Note :Data refers to market year, for example data for 2001-02 market year is uploaded as data for 2002
    • avril 2019
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively
    • avril 2019
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: Financial Years 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively. Data Source - IGS
    • avril 2019
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 have been considered as 2017, 2018, 2019 respectively.
    • novembre 2018
      Source : National Bureau of Statistics, Maldives
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Akamai
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: All India Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban)   Description: Consumer Price Indices (CPI) measure changes over time in general level of prices of goods and services that households acquire for the purpose of consumption. CPI numbers are widely used as a macroeconomic indicator of ... inflation, as a tool by governments and central banks for inflation targeting and for monitoring price stability, and as deflators in the national accounts. CPI is also used for indexing dearness allowance to employees for increase in prices. CPI is therefore considered as one of the most important economic indicators. For construction of CPI numbers, two requisite components are weighting diagrams (consumption patterns) and price data collected at regular intervals. The data refers to group wise all India Consumer Price Index for Rural & Urban with base year 2010. The dataset is published by Central Statistical Office and released on 12th of every month.      Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: Commodity; CPI; Group; Consumer; Price   Group: Consumer Price Index   Sectors: Statistics; Economy; Finance; Prices; Economy
    • juin 2014
      Source : Data{Meet}
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains the mobile subscribers (monthly) across India. Note: Reliance Telecom figures are not included as the same is not being reported. Courtesy: Sreenivas KN, DataMeet Group    
    • juin 2013
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: All The Ginis Dataset Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/all-ginis-dataset License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • octobre 2019
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Italy
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data source(s) used: Crimes reported to the Judicial authorities by the State Police, Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza: Are processed the data on felonies and people who were reported by police to the court Other data characteristics: Data referring to social demographic characteristics of alleged offenders could not coincide with data on reports because of the different timing of extraction from police forces database.The sum of the crimes by province could not coincide with the total of the region, and that of the regions with the total Italy, because of the missed precise statement, for some crimes, of the place where they have been committed (or of the region of the committed crime but not of the province).
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • juin 2017
      Source : International Tropical Timber Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries. Data cited at: ITTO Biennial review statistics: https://www.itto.int/biennal_review/
    • juin 1999
      Source : National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual Temperature Anomaly timeseries for China, India, and the United States.
    • juillet 2015
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Approved outlay   Description: Outlay means the spending or disbursement of money. The Data contains State wise approved outlay with Development of major heads and Sub-heads like Agriculture and allied activities, Rural development, Special areas programmes, Irrigation and flood control, Energy, Industry and minerals, Transport, Science,technology and environment, General economic services, Social services, General services.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Outlay; Plan; expenditure   Group: Financial Resources   Sectors: Revenue; Finance   Note: Data processed and generated by the financial resources division, Planning commission.
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • janvier 2014
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • août 2015
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Suggested citation: Luo, T., R. Young, and P. Reig. 2015. "Aqueduct projected water stress rankings." Technical note. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, August 215. Available online at http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-projected-water-stress-country-rankings.    Supplemental Materials: Country Scores                         WRI projected future country-level water stress for 2020, 2030, and 2040 under business-as-usual (BAU), optimistic, and pessimistic scenarios. Each tab lists country projected water stress scores for each scenario and year, weighted by overall water withdrawals. Scores weighted by individual sectors (agricultural, domestic, and industrial) are provided as well.   These global projections are best suited to making comparisons among countries for the same year and among scenarios and decades for the same region. More detailed and localized data or scenarios can better estimate potential outcomes for specific regions and expose large sub-national variations that are subsumed under countrywide water-stress values. The country indicators face persistent limitations in attempting to simplify complex information, such as spatial and temporal variations, into a single number. They also do not account for the governance and investment structure of the water sector in different countries.    It is important to note the inherent uncertainty in estimating any future conditions, particularly those associated with climate change, future population and economic trends, and water demand. Additionally, care should be taken when examining the change rates of a country’s projected stress levels between one year and another, because the risk-score thresholds are not linear. For more information on these limitations, see the technical note.   Projections are described in further detail in: Luck, M., M. Landis, and F. Gassert, “Aqueduct Water Stress Projections: Decadal Projections of Water Supply and Demand Using CMIP5 GCMs,” Technical note (Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, April 2015), http://www.wri.org/publication/aqueduct-water-stress-projections.   Water Stress withdrawals / available flow Water stress measures total annual water withdrawals (municipal, industrial, and agricultural) expressed as a percentage of the total annual available blue water. Higher values indicate more competition among users. Score Value [0-1) Low (<10%) [1-2) Low to medium (10-20%) [2-3) Medium to high (20-40%) [3-4) High (40-80%) [4-5] Extremely high (>80%)    
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source Dataset: Production, Supply and Distribution of Agricultural Commodities by Market Year Resource Statistics - Land
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Area / Production And Productivity of Major Fruits and Vegetables Producing Countries In The World   Description: The data refers to data on Area, Production and Productivity of major Fruits and Vegetables producing Countries in the World from 2009-10 to 2010-11 (such as China, India, Brazil, USA, Italy, Spain, Mexico, Indonesia, Philippines, Iran, Turkey and Others).   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: area; Brazil; China; Horticulture; Iran; Italy; major; Mexico; Philippines; Spain; Turkey; USA; Donesia   Group: Horticulture   Sectors: Statistics; Horticulture; Agriculture   Note: Source: Data taken from Statistical Year Book-2013, CSO; NA: Not Available.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : National Horticulture Board, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      All India level Gross Area under Irrigation by Sources and Crop
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Area / Population And Income Of G-20 Countries   Description: The data refers to for G-20 countries details on area, population, gross domestic product (GDP), domestic product per capita income and purchasing power from 2010 to 2015.    
    • janvier 2019
      Source : Coffee Board of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      India: Coffee Statistics by Area, Production, Holdings & Labor Employment Note: FY 2018-2019 is taken as 2019. The Coffee Board of India is an autonomous body, functioning under the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. The Board serves as a friend, philosopher and guide of the coffee industry in India. Set up under an Act of the Parliament of India in the year 1942, the Board focuses on research, development, extension, quality up-gradation, market information, and the domestic and external promotion of Coffees of India. Source: Market Intelligence & Statistical Unit Coffee Board
    • mars 2019
      Source : Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)   The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • avril 2019
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      APD Regional Economic Outlook (REO) provides information on recent economic developments and prospects for countries in Asia and Pacific. Data for the REO for Asia and Pacific is prepared in conjunction with the semi-annual World Economic Outlook (WEO) exercises, spring and fall. Data are consistent with the projections underlying the WEO. REO aggregate data may differ from WEO aggregates due to differences in group membership. Composite data for country groups are weighted averages of data for individual countries. Arithmetic weighted averages are used for all concepts except for inflation and broad money, for which geometric averages are used. PPP GDP weights from the WEO database are used for the aggregation of real GDP growth, real non-oil GDP growth, real per capita GDP growth, investment, national savings, broad money, claims on the nonfinancial private sector, and real and nominal effective exchange rates. Aggregates for other concepts are weighted by GDP in U.S. dollars at market exchange rates.
    • mars 2017
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at GLOBAL CORRUPTION BAROMETER 2015/16/17by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/research/gcb/gcb_2015_16/0 In the most extensive survey of its kind, we spoke to 21,861 people in 16 countries, regions and territories across the Asia Pacific region between July 2015 and January 2017 about their perceptions and experiences of corruption. The survey results show a great diversity in the corruption risks across the region, but in every country surveyed there is scope for improved approaches to corruption prevention.
    • novembre 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ASTI collects primary time-series data on agricultural research capacity and spending levels through national survey rounds in over 80 low-and middle-income countries. Data collection is carried out by country focal points, who distribute survey forms to all agencies known to conduct agricultural research in a given country, including government, nonprofit, and higher education agencies. Private-for profit sector coverage is limited, and hence excluded from this dataset. More detailed country- and regional-level data on agricultural research capacity, investment, and outputs are available 
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      LGA2011 based data for by Sex, Basic Community Profile Table B09, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      SA1 based data for by Sex, Basic Community Profile Table B09, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only. Population_Estimates:_Concepts,_Sources_and_Methods_2009
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The estimated resident population (ERP) is the official measure of the Australian population. This dataset contains annual ERP by country of birth, age and sex at the Australia level. At the state/territory level it is available for Census years only.
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Australia/State/SA4/SA3/SA2 based data for Country Of Birth Of Person by Sex, Time Series Profiles Table t08, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      LGA2011 based data for Country Of Birth Of Person by Sex, Time Series Profiles Table t08, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This release contains statistics on the travel movements of persons arriving in, and returning to, Australia.
    • octobre 2014
      Source : LMC Automotive
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Automotive Industry, 2014
    • octobre 2013
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Carpe Facto
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers was founded in Paris in 1919. It is known as the “Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d’Automobiles” (OICA). This dataset contains figures related to auto production, sales and usage.
    • avril 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Auxiliary power consumption (owned units)   Description: The data refers to details on auxiliary consumption (owned units) by State power utilities (SPUs) and Electricity Departments during different years.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Utility; SPU; electricity; Department; ED   Group: State power utilities and Electricity Departments   Sectors: Power and Energy   Note: Figures are in %age. Source: Power and Energy Division, Planning Commission.
    • février 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Average Allocation and Expenditure of Funds at the Block-level - Based on Sample Survey   Description: The data refers to information on Average Allocation and Expenditure of Funds at the Block-level (State-wise). It provides details of allocation of funds and expenditure in new connectivity and upgradation of rural roads in the selected sample states. The outcome is based on the sample survey undertaken by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO), Planning commission which covered 14 districts, 27 blocks, 138 roads, 138 habitations and 1380 beneficiary households spread over 7 states of India for 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010'. The reference period for the study was 2005-06 to 2006-07.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: expenditure; upgradation; Nirman; connectivity; Rural; Road   Group: Rural Roads   Sectors: Rural; Roads; Infrastructure; Development; Urban   Note: This data set has been sourced from 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010' by PEO, Planning commission; NA=Not Available
    • juillet 2015
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Average annual expenditure per student of age 5–29 years in general education   Description: The average annual expenditure incurred per student of age 5-29 years currently pursuing general education has been furnished in the Data. It is disaggregated by Social Groups and major religion communities.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Student; expenditure; Annual; Social; Group; Schedule; Caste; SC; Tribe; ST; Backward; Religious; community; Hindu; Muslim; Christian; Sikh   Group: India Human Development Report   Sectors: Social Development   Note: Source : “Indian Human Development Report, 2011 – Towards Social Inclusion” by Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Planning Commission, GoI. NA: Not Available. Values are in percent.
    • juillet 2015
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Average annual expenditure per student of age 5–29 years in general education   Description: The average annual expenditure incurred per student of age 5-29 years currently pursuing general education has been furnished in the Data. It is disaggregated by Social Groups and major religion communities.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Student; expenditure; Annual; Social; Group; Schedule; Caste; SC; Tribe; ST; Backward; Religious; community; Hindu; Muslim; Christian; Sikh   Group: India Human Development Report   Sectors: Social Development   Note: Source : “Indian Human Development Report, 2011 – Towards Social Inclusion” by Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Planning Commission, GoI. NA: Not Available. Values are in percent.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • novembre 2005
      Source : Disabled World
      Téléchargé par : Prashanth BK Kumar
      Accès le : 27 janvier, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Department of Consumer Affairs, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Labour Bureau, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
  • B
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Australia/State/SA4/SA3/SA2 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      LGA2011 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • février 2019
      Source : Australian Bureau of Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      SA1 based data for Year of Arrival in Australia, Basic Community Profile Table B10, for 2011 Census ABS Census Homepage
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Statistics Denmark
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Statistics Denmark
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Balance of payment, quarterly by items, receipts/expenditure, country and time
    • décembre 2017
      Source : Department of Statistics, Malaysia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual statistics of Malaysia's balance of payment as time series 1947 - 2017.
    • mai 2019
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • février 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • septembre 2010
      Source : Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: data cited at Extracted from Accountability India http://www.accountabilityindia.in/expenditure_track. FY2008-09 referred as 2009. Source: http://nrega.nic.in/netnrega/home.aspx
    • juin 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee  
    • août 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Bureau of Police Research & Development, Ministry of Home Affairs, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: 2017 data is published as read only PDF (scanned image.). Please refer here: http://bprd.nic.in/WriteReadData/userfiles/file/databook2017.pdf Data on Police Organisation in India - an annual publication of Bureau of Police Research is a compilation of important statistics about Police Force of States and Union Territories as well as Central Armed Police Forces of the Union
    • décembre 2012
      Source : PoachingFacts.com
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 16 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2019
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 10 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Sugar Data of United States
    • septembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Impact on Education, Health & Employment under RGGVY Scheme   Description: Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) being implemented in Indian states mostly to provide benefits to households below the “poverty line” (BPL) through a free connection but chargeable consumption of power. The principal aims of RGGVY being implemented since 2005 are the following: (1) Electrifying all villages and habitations as per new definition. (2) Providing access to electricity to all rural households. (3)Providing electricity connection to Below Poverty Line (BPL) families free of charge. The data describes employment /occupation, income levels, educational performance etc.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Education; Rajiv; Gandhi; Grameen; Vidyutikaran; Yojana; Impact; occupation; Performance; Opportunity   Group: Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana   Sectors: Power and Energy   Note: Evaluation Report on Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) - May, 2014.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • avril 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 08 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • avril 2018
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • octobre 2019
      Source : United Nations COMTRADE
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Havocscope Black Market
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Havocscope
    • avril 2017
      Source : Bloom Consulting
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • février 2019
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Energy Outlook explores the forces shaping the global energy transition out to 2040 and the key uncertainties surrounding that transition. The Outlook considers a number of different scenarios. These scenarios are not predictions of what is likely to happen or what BP would like to happen. Rather, they explore the possible implications of different judgments and assumptions by considering a series of “what if” experiments. The scenarios consider only a tiny sub-set of the uncertainty surrounding energy markets out to 2040; they do not provide a comprehensive description of all possible future outcomes. For ease of explanation, much of the Outlook is described with reference to the ‘Evolving Transition’ scenario. But that does not imply that the probability of this scenario is higher than the others. Indeed, the multitude of uncertainties means the probability of any one of these scenarios materializing exactly as described is negligible. The Energy Outlook is produced to aid BP’s analysis and decision-making, and is published as a contribution to the wider debate. But the Outlook is only one source among many when considering the future of global energy markets. BP considers the scenarios in the Outlook, together with a range of other analysis and information, when forming its long-term strategy.
    • février 2019
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      BP Energy Outlook Charts Data Pack - 2019 edition The Energy Outlook considers different aspects of the energy transition and the key issues and uncertainties these raise.   In all the scenarios considered, world GDP more than doubles by 2040 driven by increasing prosperity in fast-growing developing economies. In the Evolving transition (ET) scenario this improvement in living standards causes energy demand to increase by around a third over the Outlook, driven by India, China and Other Asia which together account for two-thirds of the increase. Despite this increase in energy demand, around two-thirds of the world’s population in 2040 still live in countries where average energy consumption per head is relatively low, highlighting the need for ‘more energy’. Energy consumed within industry and buildings accounts for around three-quarters of the increase in energy demand. Growth in transport demand slows sharply relative to the past, as gains in vehicle efficiency accelerate. The share of passenger vehicle kilometres powered by electricity increases to around 25% by 2040, supported by the growing importance of fully-autonomous cars and shared-mobility services.
    • juin 2019
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Times Higher Education
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juin, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Jobs Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/jobs License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank Jobs Statistics Over 150 indicators on labor-related topics, covering over 200 economies from 1990 to present.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • octobre 2017
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Government of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • novembre 2018
      Source : National Energy Board, Government of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The National Energy Board’s (NEB) Energy Futures series explores how possible energy pathways might unfold for Canadians over the long term. The report employs economic and energy models to make projections based on a certain set of assumptions given what we know today about technology, energy and climate policies, human behavior, and the structure of the economy. Readers of this analysis should consider the projections as a baseline to support ongoing discussions of Canada’s energy future. This analysis is not a prediction of what will take place, nor does it aim to show how specific goals, such as Canada’s climate targets, will be achieved. Canada’s Energy Future 2018: Supply and Demand Projections to 2040 (EF2018) considers four different Cases: • The Reference Case is based on a current economic outlook, a moderate view of energy prices and technological improvements, and climate and energy policies announced at the time of analysis. • The High and Low Price Cases consider the impact of uncertain commodity prices on the Canadian energy system. • The Technology Case pushes past the policy and technology boundaries specific to the Reference Case and includes greater global climate policy action and low carbon technology adoption. It provides one potential view of what a faster transition enabled by stronger long-term carbon policy, faster uptake of technologies such as electric vehicles, and lower cost of renewable would mean for Canada’s energy future.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Statistics Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 02 janvier, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • avril 2019
      Source : Global Oil & Gas Network
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      data as of April 14, 2019
    • septembre 2019
      Source : National Bureau of Statistics, Nigeria
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Capital Importation into Nigeria
    • mars 2019
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2018 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • mai 2018
      Source : China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Shakthi Krishnan
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • mai 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • mars 2019
      Source : Japanese Shipowners' Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Japan: Shipping Statistics Handbook, Harbour
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail. Une lésion professionnelle mortelle est le résultat d'un accident du travail où le décès survient moins d'un an après le jour de l'accident. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail. Une lésion professionnelle mortelle est le résultat d'un accident du travail où le décès survient moins d'un an après le jour de l'accident.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail qui n'entraîne pas le décès de la personne. Une lésion professionnelle non mortelle implique une perte de temps de travail. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle résultant d'un accident du travail qui n'entraîne pas le décès de la personne. Une lésion professionnelle non mortelle implique une perte de temps de travail.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle non mortelle résultant d'un accident du travail et impliquant une perte de temps de travail. L'incapacité de travail correspond à l'incapacité de la personne affectée par une lésion professionnelle d'exécuter les tâches normales correspondant à l'emploi ou au poste qu'elle occupait au moment de l'accident du travail. L'incapacité de travail peut être permanente, lorsque les travailleurs blessés ne sont plus jamais aptes à exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail qui a causé la lésion, ou temporaire, lorsque les travailleurs blessés n'ont pas pu travailler à partir du jour suivant le jour de l'accident, mais ont pu reprendre le travail et exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail, dans un délai d'un an à partir du jour de l'accident.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Un cas de lésion professionnelle non mortelle est le cas d'un travailleur victime d'une lésion professionnelle non mortelle résultant d'un accident du travail et impliquant une perte de temps de travail. L'incapacité de travail correspond à l'incapacité de la personne affectée par une lésion professionnelle d'exécuter les tâches normales correspondant à l'emploi ou au poste qu'elle occupait au moment de l'accident du travail. L'incapacité de travail peut être permanente, lorsque les travailleurs blessés ne sont plus jamais aptes à exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail qui a causé la lésion, ou temporaire, lorsque les travailleurs blessés n'ont pas pu travailler à partir du jour suivant le jour de l'accident, mais ont pu reprendre le travail et exécuter les tâches normales correspondantes à l'emploi ou le poste occupé au moment de l'accident du travail, dans un délai d'un an à partir du jour de l'accident. Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Cases registered and their disposal under crime against Children   Description: The data refers to crime-wise details of cases registered and their disposal under crime against Children by State/UT.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Children; Case; Disposal   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Total Crime Against Children includes: Infanticide, Murder, Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Foeticide, Abetment to Suicide, Exposure and Abandonment, Procuration of Minor Girls, Buying of Girls for Prostitution, Selling of Girls for Prostitution, Prohibition of Child Marriage Act and Other Crimes Committed Against Children. Figures of cases pending investigation or trial at the end of previous year may not match with figures of cases pending investigation or trial at the beginning of current year in respect of some data supplying centre (s) due to modification of these figures by the concerned data supplying centre (s); Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Cases registered and their disposal under crime against Women   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of cases registered and their disposal under crime against Women by crime heads. Total Crime Against Women includes: Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Dowry Death, Cruelty by Husband and Relatives, Assault on Women with intent to outrage her modesty, Insult to modesty of Women, Importation of Girls from foreign country, Commission of Sati Prevention Act, Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act and Dowry Prohibition Act.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Women; Case; Disposal   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Figures of cases pending investigation or trial at the end of previous year may not match with figures of cases pending investigation or trial at the beginning of current year in respect of some data supplying centre (s) due to modification of these figures by the concerned data supplying centre (s); Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Cases registered under Cyber Crimes by Motives   Description: Get the data regarding the details of Cases registered under Cyber Crimes by Motives like: Revenge /Settling scores, Greed/ Money, Extortion, Cause Disrepute, Prank/ Satisfaction of Gaining Control , Fraud/ Illegal Gain, Eve teasing/ Harassment and Others.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Motive; Cyber   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Cases registered under Cyber Crimes by Suspects   Description: Get the data regarding the details of Cases registered under Cyber Crimes by Suspects like: Foreign National /Group, Disgrunted Employee /Employee, Cracker/Student/ Professional learners, Business Competitor, Neighbours /Friends & Relatives and Others.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Suspect; Cyber   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Cases registered under Special and Local Laws (SLL) crimes   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise cases registered under Special and Local Laws (SLL) crimes. The various crime heads for which information is available are Arms Act, NDPS ACT, Gambling Act, Excise Act, Prohibition Act, Explosives Substances Act, Immoral Traffic (P) Act, Indian Railways Act, Registration of Foreigners Act, Protection of Civil Rights Act, Indian Passport Act, Essential Commodities Act, Terrorist and Disruptive Activities Act, Antiquities and Art Treasures Act, Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961, Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, Indecent Rep. of Women (P) Act, Copyright Act, 1957, Commission of Sati (P) Act, 1987, SC/ST (Prev.of Attrocities) Act, Forest Act, 1927 and Other SLL Crimes.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; SLL; Special; Local; Law   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • novembre 2018
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 décembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • février 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Change in Households Annual Income from Non-farm Activities in the Sample States - Based on Sample Survey   Description: The data refers to information on Increase/Decrease in the Households Annual Income from Non-farm Activities in the Sample States. It provides details Annual Income Before and After Rural Roads for the selected sample states. The outcome is based on the sample survey undertaken by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO), Planning commission which covered 14 districts, 27 blocks, 138 roads, 138 habitations and 1380 beneficiary households spread over 7 states of India for 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010'. The reference period for the study was 2005-06 to 2006-07.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Rural; Road; Before; Bharat; Nirman; Farm   Group: Rural Roads   Sectors: Rural; Roads; Infrastructure; Development; Urban   Note: This data set has been sourced from 'Evaluation Study on Rural Roads component of Bharat Nirman, 2010' by PEO, Planning commission; NA=Not Available; * -In Assam, few roads are under construction.
    • février 2019
      Source : United Nations Children's Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global and regional deaths of children under 5 years of age by cause. Estimates generated by the WHO and Maternal and Child Epidemiology Estimation Group (MCEE) 2018.
    • février 2015
      Source : Wikipedia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Wikipedia https://en.wikipedia.org Topic:Female foeticide in India Publication URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Female_foeticide_in_India License : https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:Text_of_Creative_Commons_Attribution-ShareAlike_3.0_Unported_License
    • novembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Children Registered in Anganwadi Centers (AWC) Register (Quick Evaluation Study)   Description: Anganwadi centre provides basic health care in Indian villages. It is a part of the Indian public health-care system. Basic health-care activities include contraceptive counseling and supply, nutrition education and supplementation, as well as pre-school activities. Data contains insight of number of children registered in AWCs. The selection of AWCs was done in consultation with the WCD, PPD and Health Division of Planning Commission. Quick Evaluation study on randomly selected Anganwadis (ICDS Program)   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: child; AWC; WCD; PPD; Education; Rural; ICDS; Integrated; Development; Service; Health; Commision   Group: Anganwadi Centers   Sectors: Statistics   Note: Study by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO) to validate the ICDS MIS data in selected States/UTs of the country on sample basis.
    • novembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Children Registered in Anganwadi Centers (AWC) Register (Quick Evaluation Study)   Description: Anganwadi centre provides basic health care in Indian villages. It is a part of the Indian public health-care system. Basic health-care activities include contraceptive counseling and supply, nutrition education and supplementation, as well as pre-school activities. Data contains insight of number of children registered in AWCs. The selection of AWCs was done in consultation with the WCD, PPD and Health Division of Planning Commission. Quick Evaluation study on randomly selected Anganwadis (ICDS Program)   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: child; AWC; WCD; PPD; Education; Rural; ICDS; Integrated; Development; Service; Health; Commision   Group: Anganwadi Centers   Sectors: Statistics   Note: Study by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO) to validate the ICDS MIS data in selected States/UTs of the country on sample basis.
    • novembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Children Registered in Anganwadi Centers (AWC) Register (Quick Evaluation Study)   Description: Anganwadi centre provides basic health care in Indian villages. It is a part of the Indian public health-care system. Basic health-care activities include contraceptive counseling and supply, nutrition education and supplementation, as well as pre-school activities. Data contains insight of number of children registered in AWCs. The selection of AWCs was done in consultation with the WCD, PPD and Health Division of Planning Commission. Quick Evaluation study on randomly selected Anganwadis (ICDS Program)   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: child; AWC; WCD; PPD; Education; Rural; ICDS; Integrated; Development; Service; Health; Commision   Group: Anganwadi Centers   Sectors: Statistics   Note: Male(M); Female(F); Study by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO) to validate the ICDS MIS data in selected States/UTs of the country on sample basis.
    • novembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Children Registered in Anganwadi Centers (AWC) Register (Quick Evaluation Study)   Description: Anganwadi centre provides basic health care in Indian villages. It is a part of the Indian public health-care system. Basic health-care activities include contraceptive counseling and supply, nutrition education and supplementation, as well as pre-school activities. Data contains insight of number of children registered in AWCs. The selection of AWCs was done in consultation with the WCD, PPD and Health Division of Planning Commission. Quick Evaluation study on randomly selected Anganwadis (ICDS Program)   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: child; AWC; WCD; PPD; Education; Rural; ICDS; Integrated; Development; Service; Health; Commision   Group: Anganwadi Centers   Sectors: Statistics   Note: Male(M); Female(F); Study by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO) to validate the ICDS MIS data in selected States/UTs of the country on sample basis.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2019
      Source : General Administration of Customs of the People's Republic of China
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Preliminary Release: China's Total Export & Import Values by Country/Region (in USD)
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation avec référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par le statut de scolarisation, étudiant ou non étudiant.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Le taux de chômage est le nombre de personnes qui sont au chômage exprimé en pourcentage du nombre total de personnes pourvues d'un emploi et des chômeurs (c'est-à-dire, la population active). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par durée du chômage.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Number of Telephones In India   Description: The data refers to all India (from 2004 to 2011) and state-wise (2010 and 2011) details on the number of telephones (including wireline phones and wireless phones) in India.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: CDMA; Circle; GSM; Telecommunication; Telephone; Fixed; DEL; Wireless; Phone; Wireline; mobile; global; Access; Telecom   Group: Telecommunication   Sectors: Statistics; Telecom; Information and Communications   Note: NA: Not Available; Data values are in Million; Data is as on 31st March for every year; From 2011 onwards Andaman & Nicobar is included in West Bengal, Jharkhand in Bihar, Chhattisgarh in Madhya Pradesh, Uttarakhand in Uttar Pradesh, NE II in NE I, Chennai in Tamil Nadu; Source: Various Annual Report of Ministry of Telecommunication, Govt of India and also published in Statistical Year Book 2017 by MOSPI.
    • juin 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 030 -- Citizenship by sex, by region and municipality in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_030.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Citizenship If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country. Citizenship Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • février 2019
      Source : Statistics Greenland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Population Register contains information on all persons who have resided in Greenland after 1 January 1977. The purpose of the register is to be the basis for population statistics, and to supplement other personal information with basic information about each person, like address and family relations.The Population register is updated with information from CPR (Administrative Population Register) where the following information is retrieved: name, gender, age, place of birth, citizenship, marital status, reference to mother, father and spouse, address of residence and more. According to §13 of the Act on Greenland Statistics, no person-related information is disclosed from the register, except for personal numbers, randomly drawn for surveys
    • août 2019
      Source : Statistics Greenland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Population as of 1 Juli. Our Populationregister holds information on all persons, who have had address in Greenland after Januar 1st 1977. Purpose of the register Registrets formål er at danne grundlag for befolkningsstatistikken, samt supplere andre personhenførbare oplysninger med basisoplysninger om personen, samt dennes adresse og familierelationer. Befolkningsstatistikregistret opdateres med oplysninger fra CPR (Folkeregistrene) hvor følgende oplysninger hentes: navn, køn, alder, fødested, statsborgerskab, civilstand, henvisning til mor, far samt ægtefælle, bopælsadresse og tilflytningsdato. Jfr §13 i Lov om Grønlands Statistik, videregives ingen personhenførbare oplysninger fra registret, bortset fra personnumre, som efter Datatilsynets godkendelse er udtrukket til interviewundersøgelser
    • février 2014
      Source : Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers' Welfare, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Land Use Statistics (LUS)   Description: The data refers to the statistics of land utilization constitute one of the important items required for planning and development of policy formulation in agriculture. The Directorate of Economics and Statistics in the Ministry of Agriculture has been collection data on the nine fold classification of land, irrigated area (source wise and crop wise) and total area under crops from States and union territories in the country. A web based application can be viewed at http://lus.dacnet.nic.in with four modules: Land Use Classifications, Source wise Irrigation, Crop wise Irrigation and Area under Crops. This application is being used to collect data on how the geographical land is being used under different classifications including irrigated area of different water sources, crop wise irrigated and un-irrigated area. The data is being used for study and analysis of land-use pattern, crop diversifications, impact of the different on-going schemes on irrigation and crops, and for formulation of new schemes. Additionally it also facilitates study of Land Use Pattern, Percentage of Irrigation Availability for each crop and District Wise un-irrigated Crop Production. Various analytical reports include: Source Wise Irrigation, Percentage Availability of water from different sources for crop production and State wise including Time Series Report for Land Use Classification.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers WelfareDepartment of Agriculture, Cooperation and Farmers WelfareDirectorate of Economics and Statistics (DES)   Keywords: LUS; area; land; statistics   Group: LUS   Sectors: Statistics; Agriculture   Note: Data will be updated every year.
    • août 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 14 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Climate Investment Funds – Clean Technology Fund (CTF) Results Data Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/2016-climate-investment-funds-%E2%80%93-clean-technology-fund-ctf-results-data License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The results data presented below is based on the portfolio of CTF projects and has been compiled on behalf of the following multilateral development banks: ADB, AFDB, EBRD, IDB, IFC and IBRD. It follows the principles outlined under the Revised CTF Results Framework and includes five core indicators that help determine whether and to what extent the CTF interventions achieve the proposed project/ program outcome objectives involving: (a) Avoided greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions; (b) Increased finance for low carbon development mobilized; (c) Increased supply of renewable energy (RE); (d) Increased access to public transport; (e) Increased energy efficiency. Please note that this is based on 53 out of 55 projects reporting results and does not include (2) CONFIDENTIAL projects. Reporting Year: 2017
    • janvier 2019
      Source : King Abdullah Petroleum Studies and Research Center
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Insight 20: CO2 emissions from oil combustion for G-20 countries (1971-2015)
    • juillet 2019
      Source : End Coal
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: End Coal https://endcoal.org/ Topic: Coal Plants by country Publication URL: https://endcoal.org/global-coal-plant-tracker/summary-statistics/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/
    • décembre 2018
      Source : National Institute of Statistics of Djibouti
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Commerce extérieur de Djibouti
    • février 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • janvier 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • mai 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Commodity Markets Outlook Publication: http://www.worldbank.org/en/research/commodity-markets License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2019 April Financial Years-1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 have been considered as 1971,1981,2018,2019 respectively.
    • octobre 2018
      Source : U.S. National Center for Education Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 décembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Common Core Data For Universe surveys, School District (LEA) The primary purposes of the Local Education Agency (School District) Universe Survey are:to provide a complete listing of every education agency in the United States responsible for providing free public elementary/secondary instruction or education support services;to provide basic information about all education agencies and the students for whose education the agencies are responsible.  
    • mars 2016
      Source : UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • mars 2019
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Companies Newly Registered By Major Classification - Number And Authorised Capital   Description: The data refers to state/UT-wise details of companies (public and private) newly registered by major classification (Number and Authorised Capital) as on 31st March 2009-10.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: Company; Public; Private   Group: Companies   Sectors: Statistics; Commerce   Note: Capital in Ten Million; Source: Data taken from Statistical Year Book-2013, CSO; NA: Not Available.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • mai 2019
      Source : Karnataka State Police
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Concordia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • août 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 26 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This is the New Series of Consumer Price Index for Rural & Urban with base year 2012. Published by Central Statistical Office and released on 12th of every month. It covers (1) All India Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) (2) State Level Consumer Price Index (Rural/Urban) Up to October 2016
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumption of Electricity in India
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • novembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui se trouvent sans travail, disponibles pour travailler et à la recherche d'un emploi, sauf indication contraire. Cet indicateur présente le nombre de personnes au chômage depuis un an ou plus exprimé en pourcentage du chômage total.
    • février 2017
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Cameroon
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: https://cameroon.opendataforafrica.org/gfyptsc COOPERATION INTERNATIONALE, 2014
    • décembre 2018
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2019
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2018 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • février 2019
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2016
      Source : Insurance Information Bureau of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cost of Treatment For Diseases Across Cities In India References:- https://iib.gov.in/IIB/homePageAction.do?method=loadHomePage1# https://iib.gov.in/IIB/healthpub/Health_Insurance_Non-Life_Commercial_Data_Analysis_Report_2013-14.pdf
    • novembre 2014
      Source : Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 décembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2019
      Source : Chief Executives Board for Coordination, UN
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Chinese Taipei is WTO terminology for the territory referred to by the United Nations as Taiwan Province of China. Please also refer to the official announcement by WTO at www.wto.org/english/news_e/pres01_e/pr253_e.htm As of 2017, the data includes an additional six entities (CTBTO, ICC, UNCDF, UNFCCC, UNRISD, UNSSC)
    • avril 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 20 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • avril 2018
      Source : The United States President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Operating unit-level results for 2016 and prior years represent aggregated totals. For 2015 and 2016, results are available at the subnational level. For 2014 results and prior, the data can only be viewed and explored in aggregate country or regional form. General patterns can be explored for all results, allowing the investigation of trends within and among different operating units. Some variation exists between indicator versions from PEPFAR during 2004-2010, 2011-2014, and 2015-2016. More detail regarding these differences can be found in the indicator reference documents and in reference materials attached to this dashboard.
    • janvier 2019
      Source : NYU Stern
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186   This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium. Notes:  The year of publication has been considered as per publication date. For example, data published on 2018-Jan considered as 2018, similarly 2019-Jan as 2019    
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • mars 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Country of birth according to age and sex by region in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • août 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The World Bank's Country Policy and Institutional Assessment is done annually for all its borrowing countries. It has evolved into a set of criteria, which are grouped in four clusters: (a) economic management; (b) structural policies; (c) policies for social inclusion and equity; and (d) public sector management and institutions. The number of criteria, currently sixteen, reflect a balance between ensuring that all key factors that foster pro-poor growth and poverty alleviation are captured, without overly burdening the evaluation process. Ratings for each of the criteria reflect a variety of indicators, observations, and judgments. They focus on the quality of each country's current policies and institutions - which are the main determinant of present aid effectiveness prospects. To fully underscore the importance of the CPIA in the IDA Performance Based Allocations, the overall country score is referred to as the IDA Resource Allocation Index (IRAI)
    • avril 2018
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: CPA data for 2018 and 2019 are projections from the 2016 Survey on Forward Spending Plans. Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juin 2018
      Source : Reputation Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 juillet, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • mars 2012
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • août 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • décembre 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • mai 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.   Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • octobre 2019
      Source : National Bank of Belgium
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2017
      Source : ESPN Cricinfo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 décembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cricket Player Statistics, 1971 - 2017 This dataset covers cricket players statistics on batting, bowling, fielding, all rounders across Test, ODI, T20 matches.
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Schedule Caste   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise details on crime committed against Schedule Caste during the years categorized by different crime heads. The different crimes covered are Murder, Rape, Kidnapping and abduction, Dacoity, Robbery, Arson, Hurt, Protection of Civil Rights Act, SC/ST (Prevention of atrocities Act) and Other Crime against SCs.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Scheduled; SC; Caste   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2012, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Schedule Tribe   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise crime committed against Schedule Tribe during the years categorized by different crime heads. The different crime covered are Murder, Rape, Kidnapping and abduction, Arson, Hurt, Protection of civil rights, Robbery, Dacoity, SC/ST Prevention of atrocities Act.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Scheduled; ST; Tribe   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2012, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Schedule Tribe   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise crime committed against Schedule Tribe during the years categorized by different crime heads. The different crime covered are Murder, Rape, Kidnapping and abduction, Arson, Hurt, Protection of civil rights, Robbery, Dacoity, SC/ST Prevention of atrocities Act.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Scheduled; ST; Tribe   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Women   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise crime committed against women categorized by different crime heads during the years . The different crime heads covered are Rape, Kidnapping And Abduction, Dowry Deaths, Assault On Women With Intent To Outrage Her Modesty, Insult To The Modesty Of Women, Cruelty By Husband Or His Relatives (IPC Section 498A), Importation Of Girls From Foreign Country, Immoral Traffic (P) Act, Dowry Prohibition Act, Indecent Representation Of Women (P) Act, Commission Of Sati Prevention Act and Total Crimes Against Women.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2012, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Women   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise crime committed against women categorized by different crime heads during the years . The different crime heads covered are Rape, Kidnapping And Abduction, Dowry Deaths, Assault On Women With Intent To Outrage Her Modesty, Insult To The Modesty Of Women, Cruelty By Husband Or His Relatives (IPC Section 498A), Importation Of Girls From Foreign Country, Immoral Traffic (P) Act, Dowry Prohibition Act, Indecent Representation Of Women (P) Act, Commission Of Sati Prevention Act and Total Crimes Against Women.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime against Women   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise crime committed against women categorized by different crime heads during the years . The different crime heads covered are Rape, Kidnapping And Abduction, Dowry Deaths, Assault On Women With Intent To Outrage Her Modesty, Insult To The Modesty Of Women, Cruelty By Husband Or His Relatives (IPC Section 498A), Importation Of Girls From Foreign Country, Immoral Traffic (P) Act, Dowry Prohibition Act, Indecent Representation Of Women (P) Act, Commission Of Sati Prevention Act and Total Crimes Against Women.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime head-wise persons arrested under crime against children   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise persons arrested under crime against children by crime head. The various crime categories under the crime head are Infanticide, Murder Of Children, Rape Of Children, Kidnapping And Abduction Of Children, Foeticide, Abetment Of Suicide, Exposure And Abandonment, Procuration Of Minor Girls, Buying Of Girls For Prostitution, Selling Of Girls For Prostitution, Prohibition Of Child Marriage Act and Other Crimes Against Children.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Children; Crime; Arrested;   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Crime head-wise persons arrested under crime against children   Description: The data refers to State/UT wise persons arrested under crime against children by crime head. The various crime categories under the crime head are Infanticide, Murder Of Children, Rape Of Children, Kidnapping And Abduction Of Children, Foeticide, Abetment Of Suicide, Exposure And Abandonment, Procuration Of Minor Girls, Buying Of Girls For Prostitution, Selling Of Girls For Prostitution, Prohibition Of Child Marriage Act and Other Crimes Against Children.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Children; Crime; Arrested;   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • juin 2019
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Numbeo Methodology: The Index has been calculated twice per year by considering latest 36 months. A). Beginning of the Year and B). Mid Year Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Karnataka State Police
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2013
      Source : RAND Corporation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • juillet 2018
      Source : Department of Agriculture Cooperation & Farmers Welfare
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 26 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      India: Crop Production Statistics
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • juin 2019
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 11 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Current account by country breakdown http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The releases for September, October and November had an error in the figures for primary income in 2013 and 2014. There was also an error in the flow data on foreign assets and liabilities for 2015. The error was corrected in the December release on 14 December 2018. The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
    • septembre 2018
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 010 -- External assets and liabilities by investment type and sectors, stock http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_010.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Directorate of Marketing and Inspection, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Current daily price of various commodities from various markets (Mandi)   Description: The data refers to prices of various commodities. It has the wholesale maximum price, minimum price and modal price on daily basis. This dataset is generated through the AGMARKNET Portal (http://agmarknet.gov.in), which disseminates daily market information of various commodities.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers WelfareDepartment of Agriculture, Cooperation and Farmers WelfareDirectorate of Marketing and Inspection (DMI)   Keywords: mandi; Agriculture; Market; Commodity; Price; Rate   Group: Agricultural Marketing   Sectors: Agricultural Marketing; Agriculture
  • D
    • mars 2019
      Source : Statistics Denmark
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2018
      Source : Bank of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1960 to 2016 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at : https://www.bis.org/statistics/index.htm
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la disponibilité des soins de santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population qui n'a pas accès aux soins de santé en raison de l'absence du personnel de santé. Le seuil pour avoir un personnel de santé suffisant est 41,1 travailleurs pour 10 000 habitants. Un chiffre plus élevé indique une disponibilité plus faible. Notez que cet indicateur reflète le côté de l'offre de la disponibilité, dans ce cas la disponibilité des ressources humaines est à un niveau qui garantit au moins un accès de base, mais universel. Pour estimer l'accès aux services de professionnels de la santé qualifiés (médecins, personnel infirmier et sages-femmes), il utilise comme indicateur la différence relative entre la densité de travailleurs de la santé dans un pays (pour 10 000 habitants) et la valeur médiane des pays avec un niveau de vulnérabilité faible (défini selon la structure de l'emploi et les niveaux de pauvreté).Pour déterminer si un pays dépense «assez» ou a «assez» d'agents de santé clés, il faut d'abord définir ce qui constitue «assez», à savoir fixer un seuil contre lequel la performance d'un pays peut être comparé. Les opinions divergent sur ce qui constitue «assez» dans ces contextes, notamment parce qu'elle est susceptible d'être une cible en mouvement, influencé par les problèmes de santé en vigueur, la démographie, etc. La méthode de BIT pour mesurer le déficit financier est de: (i) calculer la dépense médiane sur la santé (à l'exception de paiements directs) des pays à faible vulnérabilité, puis (ii) pour chaque pays, comparer les dépenses contre cette médiane. En 2014, la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité était de US$239. Par exemple, un pays dépensant 50% de moins que la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité a un déficit financier de 50%. Le même principe s'applique à l'indicateur de déficit d'accès du (au) personnel, pour lequel la médiane en 2014 des pays à faible vulnérabilité était 41,1. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • novembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour les droits à la sécurité sociale et à la santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population sans couverture légale de santé. La couverture comprend les membres affiliés à l'assurance maladie ou l'estimation de la population ayant un accès gratuit aux services de soins de santé fournis par l'État. Un chiffre plus élevé indique un pourcentage plus élevé de la population sans couverture légale de santé. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la qualité des soins de santé. Il représente le pourcentage de la population qui n'a pas accès aux soins de santé en raison du déficit de ressources financières. Le seuil pour avoir des ressources financières suffisantes est US$239 par personne et par année. Un chiffre plus élevé indique des niveaux plus faibles de couverture. Pour estimer la qualité des soins de santé, cet indicateur utilise comme indicateur de substitution la différence relative entre les dépenses de santé par habitant dans un pays et la valeur médiane des pays avec un niveau de vulnérabilité faible.Pour déterminer si un pays dépense «assez» ou a «assez» d'agents de santé clés , il faut d'abord définir ce qui constitue «assez», à savoir fixer un seuil contre lequel la performance d'un pays peut être comparé. Les opinions divergent sur ce qui constitue «assez» dans ces contextes, notamment parce qu'elle est susceptible d'être une cible en mouvement, influencé par les problèmes de santé en vigueur, la démographie, etc. La méthode de BIT pour mesurer le déficit financier est de: (i) calculer la dépense médiane sur la santé (à l'exception de paiements directs) des pays à faible vulnérabilité, puis (ii) pour chaque pays, comparer les dépenses contre cette médiane. En 2014, la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité était US$239. Par exemple, un pays dépensant 50% de moins que la médiane des pays à faible vulnérabilité a un déficit financier de 50%. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • juin 2019
      Source : United Nations Statistics Division
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The United Nations Statistics Division collects, compiles and disseminates official demographic and social statistics on a wide range of topics. Data have been collected since 1948 through a set of questionnaires dispatched annually to over 230 national statistical offices and have been published in the Demographic Yearbook collection. The Demographic Yearbook disseminates statistics on population size and composition, births, deaths, marriage and divorce, as well as respective rates, on an annual basis. The Demographic Yearbook census datasets cover a wide range of additional topics including economic activity, educational attainment, household characteristics, housing characteristics, ethnicity, language, foreign-born and foreign population. The available Population and Housing Censuses' datasets reported to UNSD for the censuses conducted worldwide since 1995, are now available in UNdata. This latest update includes several datasets on international travel and migration inflows and outflows, and on incoming and departing international migrants by several characteristics, as reported by the national authorities to the UN Statistics Division for the reference years 2010 to the present as available.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      C'est un indicateur (de substitution) pour la protection financière en cas de maladie. Il représente le montant payé directement aux fournisseurs de soins de santé en échange de biens et services de santé en pourcentage du total des dépenses de santé. Un chiffre plus élevé indique un pourcentage plus élevé des paiments directs. Il s’agit de l'un des cinq indicateurs mesurant les dimensions clés des déficits de l'accès aux soins de santé et de la couverture santé. Pour des fins d'analyse tous les indicateurs doivent être considérés dans leur ensemble.
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are collected directly from countries using the FAO questionnaire, which was developed by the International Monetary Fund, as the IMF collects global data on government expenditures and is the international organization responsible for developing guidelines on the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) . The FAO Questionnaire is also of interest to the questionnaire. The FAO dataset consists of a time series, from 2000 onwards, of government expenditures in: (1) Total; (2) Economic affairs; (3) Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing and Hunting, along with its three disaggregated subsectors of Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing; and 4) Environmental Protection. In addition, The purpose of the financial statements is to provide a more detailed description of the accounts and the future of the financial statements. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world. Additional indicators include the total share of agriculture allocated to agriculture, and an agriculture index orientation (ratio of the total share of government expenditure to agriculture, over the total share of GDP from agricultural value-added). Contains the concept of a comprehensive set of data and provides a comprehensive set of information for the entire world.
    • octobre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • octobre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • octobre 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • juillet 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • septembre 2014
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Description non disponible
    • février 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of capital punishment and life imprisonment   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise number of capital punishment awarded, number of capital punishment commuted into life imprisonment awarded and number of persons executed under capital punishment.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Death; Sentence; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of educational facilities provided to prisoners   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of prison inmates benefitted by elementary education, adult education, high education and computer courses.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Educational; Facilities; Prisoner   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of prison inmates released   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of prison inmates released. The dataset contains information on convicted prisoners released after completion on conviction periods, their released before completion of sentence period, released on appeal, released on bail, transferred to other States, etc. Under trials inmates released on appeal, acquitted, transferred to other States, Extradited, etc., similarly Detenues released on completion of detention periods, released before completion of detention period, etc.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; released; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of prison inmates released   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of prison inmates released. The dataset contains information on convicted prisoners released after completion on conviction periods, their released before completion of sentence period, released on appeal, released on bail, transferred to other States, etc. Under trials inmates released on appeal, acquitted, transferred to other States, Extradited, etc., similarly Detenues released on completion of detention periods, released before completion of detention period, etc.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; released; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of prison inmates released on parole   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of male and female prison inmates released on parole, parole absconder and parole absconders re-arrested .   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; released; Parole; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of prison inmates released on parole   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise details of male and female prison inmates released on parole, parole absconder and parole absconders re-arrested .   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; released; Parole; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Details of wages payments of prisoners   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise information of daily wage rate of convicted prisoners. Wage rates are classified as wage rate for skilled convicts, wage rate for semi-skilled convicts and wage rate for un-skilled convicts for each of the reference year.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Wage; payment; Prisoner   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This 10th edition of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation’s annual Financing Global Health report provides the most up-to-date estimates of development assistance for health, domestic spending on health, health spending on two key infectious diseases – malaria and HIV/AIDS – and future scenarios of health spending. Several transitions in global health financing inform this report: the influence of economic development on the composition of health spending; the emergence of other sources of development assistance funds and initiatives; and the increased availability of disease-specific funding data for the global health community. For funders and policymakers with sights on achieving 2030 global health goals, these estimates are of critical importance. They can be used for identifying funding gaps, evaluating the allocation of scarce resources, and comparing funding across time and countries.
    • juin 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database of official statistics originating from various Government of India ministries and departments will provide important insights and dimensions of various socio-economic concerns for the development of the country and its human capital. Users can drill down through levels of disaggregation of data — National, State, District, and Sub-districts—and extract information, and present the statistical measures of the indicators in the form of map, graph or table using the built-in wizards. data cited at: http://www.devinfo.org/libraries/aspx/Catalog.aspx
    • janvier 2018
      Source : The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • décembre 2007
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Digital STRI identifies, catalogues and quantifies barriers that affect trade in digitally enabled services across 46 countries. It provides policy makers with an evidence-based tool that helps to identify regulatory bottlenecks, design policies that foster more competitive and diversified markets for digital trade, and analyze the impact of policy reforms. The OECD Digital STRI captures cross-cutting impediments that affect all types of services traded digitally. As a stand-alone instrument, it complements the OECD Services Trade Restrictiveness Index (STRI).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Digital STRI heterogeneity indices complement the recently published Digital STRI's and presents indices of regulatory heterogeneity based on the rich information in the Digital STRI regulatory database. The indices are built from assessing – for each country pair and each measure – whether or not the countries have the same regulation. For each country pair and each sector, the indices reflect the (weighted) share of measures for which the two countries have different regulation.
    • mars 2019
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Income Without Current-Cost Adjustment, Quarterly Update 
    • juillet 2018
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 10 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • août 2019
      Source : The Central Bank of the Russian Federation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2019
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      U.S. Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis
    • juillet 2018
      Source : U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 10 août, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • juin 2019
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • février 2015
      Source : Census India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A disabled person who did not at all work during the reference period was treated as non-worker. The non-workers broadly constitute Students who did not participate in any economic activity paid or unpaid, household duties who were attending to daily household chores like cooking, cleaning utensils, looking after children, fetching water etc. and are not even helping in the unpaid work in the family form or cultivation or milching, dependant such as infants or very elderly people not included in the category of worker, pensioners those who are drawing pension after retirement and are not engaged in any economic activity. Beggars, vagrants, prostitutes and persons having unidentified source of income and with unspecified sources of subsistence and not engaged in any economically productive work during the reference period. Others, this category includes all Non-workers who may not come under the above categories such as rentiers, persons living on remittances, agricultural or non-agricultural royalty, convicts in jails or inmates of penal, mental or charitable institutions doing no paid or unpaid work and persons who are seeking/available for work   Note: Data cited at https://data.gov.in/catalog/disabled-non-workers-type-disability-and-sex-india-and-states
    • février 2018
      Source : District Information System for Education, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: FY2008 is referred as 2008. 2010 & 2017 data is provisional
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      La main-d'oeuvre comprend toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui fournissent, durant une période de référence spécifiée, la main-d'oeuvre disponible pour la production de biens et services. Elle correspond à la somme des personnes ayant un emploi et celles qui sont au chômage. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par durée du chômage.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les chômeurs comprennent toutes les personnes qui se trouvent: a) sans travail pendant la période de référence, c'est-à-dire pas pourvues d'un emploi ni salarié ni non salarié; b) disponibles pour travailler dans un emploi salarié ou non salarié durant la période de référence; et c) à la recherche d'un travail, c'est-à-dire ayant pris des dispositions spécifiques au cours d'une période récente spécifiée pour chercher un emploi salarié ou non salarié. À fin de faciliter la comparabilité internationale, la période de recherche d'emploi est souvent définie comme les quatre semaines précédentes, mais cela varie d'un pays à l'autre. Les dispositions spécifiques de recherche d'emploi peuvent inclure: l'inscription à un bureau de placement public ou privé; la candidature auprès d'employeurs; les démarches sur les lieux de travail, dans les fermes ou à la porte des usines, sur les marchés ou dans les autres endroits où sont traditionnellement recrutés les travailleurs; la publication ou la réponse à des annonces dans les journaux; les recherches par relations personnelles; la recherche de terrain, d'immeubles, de machines ou d'équipement pour créer une entreprise personnelle; les démarches pour obtenir des ressources financières, des permis et licences, etc. Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Distribution of different types of inmates suffering from mental illness   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise and inmate wise population of prison inmates at the end of the reference year. The prison inmates are categorised into male and female. The inmate population is classified as convicted, under trials, detenues and other prisoners.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; Illness; Mental; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Distribution of different types of inmates suffering from mental illness   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise and inmate wise population of prison inmates at the end of the reference year. The prison inmates are categorised into male and female. The inmate population is classified as convicted, under trials, detenues and other prisoners.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Inmate; Illness; Mental; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Graduates/new entrants in each educational field as a percentage of the sum of graduates/new entrants in all fields.
    • juillet 2015
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Distribution of households with electricity for domestic use   Description: Percentage of households that have electricity facility for domestic use. Data is expressed as per cent. Data is disaggregated by location. Domestic use of the electricity may be for lighting or cooking or for both. Electricity may be used legally or illegally and the electricity may be supplied to the household either through public agencies, corporations or by private suppliers. However, if the household makes its own arrangement, either through generator or solar panel, to generate electricity, the household will not be considered as having electricity for domestic use. Data is disaggregated by Social Groups and major religion communities.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Religion; Household; Facility; Social; Scheduled; Caste; SC; Tribe; ST; Backward; major; Religious; community; Hindu; Muslim; Christian; Sikh   Group: India Human Development Report   Sectors: Social Development   Note: Source : “Indian Human Development Report, 2011 – Towards Social Inclusion” by Institute of Applied Manpower Research, Planning Commission, GoI. NA: Not Available.
    • août 2019
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: All data contained within is provisional. The annual number of cases of measles and rubella officially reported by a member state is only available by July of each following year (through the joint WHO UNICEF annual data collection exercise). “provisional data based on monthly data reported to WHO (Geneva) as of April 2019”. Measles cases are defined as laboratory confirmed, epidemiologically linked, and clinical cases as reported to the World Health Organization. Some countries report cases at irregular intervals, providing multiple months of data in a one month period. Future months are reported as 0 and will be updated as data is available. When data is used in public settings, please acknowledge the data source is the World Health Organization.
    • février 2014
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Distribution of persons of each sector of each State/UT over 12 classes of Monthly Per Capita Expenditure (URP)   Description: The data refers to the distribution of person per 1000 number of persons within each Monthly Per Capita Expenditure bracket obtained by the NSS Consumer expenditure survey where household consumer expenditure on each item is recorded for a reference period of last 30 days preceding the date of survey (also known as uniform reference period MPCE) in Urban India.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: NSS; Round; Rural; Service   Group: Statistics   Sectors: Statistics   Note: Source: NSS 68th Round survey - Key indicators of Household Consumer Expenditure in India 2011-2012 for the survey period July 2011 - June 2012
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Distribution of sentence periods of convicts in various jails by sex and age-groups   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise and sentence wise convicted prisoners lodged in various jails at the end of the reference year. The prison inmates are categorised into male and female. The age of inmates are grouped into 16-18 yrs, 18-30 yrs, 30-50 yrs and 50 & above yrs. The dataset contains information on number of convicted prisoners serving capital punishment, life imprisonment, languishing in jails for the periods of 10-13 & more yrs, 7-10 yrs, etc.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Period; Convict; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Distribution of teachers by gender and different age groups.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      District and Social Category Wise Total MSME Registered Enterprises Till Last Date, India Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : India Meteorological Department
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: India Meteorological Department releases monthly rainfall data by district once in a year, and it is expected to get release by January of following year.For latest Rainfall and other weather data by stations for India, please visit: https://knoema.com/bhrvpig/daily-weather-data-india-all-weather-stationsFor the complete daily weather data for almost all station in the world, please visit: https://knoema.com/NOAACD2019R/daily-weather-data-all-stations-across-world  
    • octobre 2019
      Source : India Meteorological Department
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      District Wise Total MSME Registered Enterprises Till Last Date, India Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      District Wise Total MSME Registered Manufacturing and Service Enterprises Till Last Date, India Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      District Wise Total MSME Registered Manufacturing Enterprises Till Last Date, India Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • juin 2019
      Source : Ministry of Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      District Wise Total MSME Registered Service Enterprises Till Last Date, India Title: Udyog Aadhaar Memorandum ( MSME Registration )   Description: MSME Registration data from Sept.2015 to Till date   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises   Keywords: MSME; Aadhaar; UAM; MSME Registration Data; Udyog Aadhaar   Group: MSME Registration   Sectors: Small Scale; Micro; Medium   Note: NA
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District-wise crimes committed against Women   Description: The data refers to district wise details on crimes against women during the years . The nature of such crimes includes Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Dowry Death, Assault on women with intent to outrage her modesty, Insult to modesty of Women, Cruelty by Husband or his Relatives and Importation of Girls.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Against; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Source: Crime in India
    • novembre 2012
      Source : Census India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 novembre, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers both Decennial Population by Census and  Population across various districts in India
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District-wise crimes under various sections of Indian Penal Code (IPC) crimes   Description: The data refers to district wise details on crimes committed under Indian Penal Code (IPC) during the years . The nature of such crimes includes Murder, Attempt To Murder, Culpable Homicide Not Amounting To Murder, Rape, Custodial Rape, Other Rape, Kidnapping & Abduction, Kidnapping And Abduction Of Women And Girls, Kidnapping And Abduction Of Others, Dacoity, Preparation And Assembly For Dacoity, Robbery, Burglary, Theft, Auto Theft, Other Theft, Riots, Criminal Breach Of Trust, Cheating, Counterfeiting, Arson, Hurt/Grevious Hurt, Dowry Deaths, Assault On Women With Intent To Outrage Her Modesty, Insult To Modesty Of Women, Cruelty By Husband Or His Relatives, Importation Of Girls From Foreign Countries, Causing Death By Negligence and Other IPC Crimes.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; IPC; Penal; code   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. The districts are police districts and also include special police unit. Therefore these may be different from revenue districts. Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District-wise crimes committed against Women   Description: The data refers to district wise details on crimes against women during the years . The nature of such crimes includes Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Dowry Death, Assault on women with intent to outrage her modesty, Insult to modesty of Women, Cruelty by Husband or his Relatives and Importation of Girls.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Against; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; The districts are police districts and also include special police unit. Therefore, these may be different from revenue districts; Source: Crime in India 2012, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District-wise crimes committed against Women   Description: The data refers to district wise details on crimes against women during the years . The nature of such crimes includes Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Dowry Death, Assault on women with intent to outrage her modesty, Insult to modesty of Women, Cruelty by Husband or his Relatives and Importation of Girls.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Against; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; The districts are police districts and also include special police unit. Therefore, these may be different from revenue districts; Source: Crime in India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2016
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District-wise crimes committed against Women   Description: The data refers to district wise details on crimes against women during the years . The nature of such crimes includes Rape, Kidnapping and Abduction, Dowry Death, Assault on women with intent to outrage her modesty, Insult to modesty of Women, Cruelty by Husband or his Relatives and Importation of Girls.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Crime; Against; Women; Committed   Group: Crime Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number; The districts are police districts and also include special police unit. Therefore, these may be different from revenue districts; Source: Crime in India 2014, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • septembre 2019
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: District wise forest cover   Description: Details on District-wise forest cover for States/Uts. Forest Cover refers to all lands more than one hectare in area, with a tree canopy density of more than 10 percent irrespective of ownership and legal status. Such lands may not necessarily be a recorded forest area. It also includes orchards, bamboo and palm.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Forest; cover; ISFRForest   Group: Environment and Forest   Sectors: Environment and Forest   Note: Area Figures are in Sq. Km.
    • septembre 2012
      Source : Americans for Divorce Reform
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • mars 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code top-level domains. 2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • mars 2019
      Source : Machine Tool Builders’ Association, Japan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly amount of orders received of Machine Tools Jan 2009 to present.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 14 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • février 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Drinking Water Facility and Source of Water - Based on Sample Survey   Description: The data refers to information on the drinking water facility and source of water in the selected sample states. It provides details of Availability of Drinking Water (%age) and Source of Drinking Water (Well, Tap or other). The outcome is based on the sample survey undertaken by Programme Evaluation Organisation (PEO), Planning commission which covered 48 districts and 480 schools across 17 states of India for 'Performance Evaluation Report of Cooked Mid-Day Meal (CMDM), 2010'. The reference period for the study was 2000 to 2006.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: Availability; Tap; Well; CMDM; Scheme; School; Cooked; Meal   Group: Education   Sectors: Elementary; Education   Note: This data set has been sourced from 'Performance Evaluation Report of Cooked Mid-Day Meal (CMDM) - Social Development Intervention, 2010' by PEO, Planning commission; CMDM-Cooked Mid-Day Meal
    • décembre 2008
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Peter Speyer
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Department of Statistics, Singapore
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Earnings Of Foreign Direct Investment In Singapore By Country/Region (During The Year), Annual
    • juillet 2013
      Source : Earth Policy Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juillet, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • février 2015
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Fraser Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: "Economic Freedom of the World: 2019 Annual Report"@Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Long-Term Baseline Scenario is a projection of some major economic variables beyond the short-term horizon of the OECD Economic Outlook. It covers all OECD economies, non-OECD G20 economies and key partners. The projection horizon is currently 2060. For the historical period and the short-run projection horizon, the series are consistent with those of the OECD Economic Outlook number in the dataset title. The definitions, sources and methods are also the same, except where noted explicitly (such as coverage of the non-OECD and world aggregates). For more details on the methodology, please see Boxes 1 to 3 in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060 and the references therein.The baseline scenario is a projection conditional on a number of assumptions, notably that countries do not carry out institutional and policy reforms. It is used as a reference point to illustrate the potential impact of structural reforms in alternative scenarios, such as those discussed in The Long View: Scenarios for the World Economy to 2060. The data for these alternative scenarios are not available here but can be obtained on request by writing to EcoOutlook@oecd.org.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available.   The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD data bases such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 15 May 2019.   Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of this Outlook provides a unique tool to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest rates and exchange rates, the balance of payments, government and of households, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data for the historical period and for the projection period. For this latter period, quarterly data are available for the G7 countries, and the OECD regions, while annual data are available for all OECD countries and for non-OECD regions. Quarterly series are seasonally adjusted. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible over the countries. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Annual Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 15 May 2013. With the OECD Economic Outlook 87, new aggregation techniques have been applied to construct the OECD area (34 countries) and the OECD euro area (15 OECD countries that are also members of Euro area). The new approach aims to better handle issues arising from evolving composition of these areas and different data availability across countries. The main changes are a switch from a fixed weighting scheme to moving weighting schemes for OECD and the direct aggregation of ratios, rather than computing them as ratios of aggregated components. Consequently, a number of series expressed in levels differ from the series previously published, while others are no longer available, particularly government and labour market data. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 29 May 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2012
      Source : Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2019
      Source : Edelman
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : United Nations Development Programme
      Téléchargé par : Misha Gusev
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • août 2019
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 août, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Education Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/education-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank EdStats All Indicator Query holds over 4,000 internationally comparable indicators that describe education access, progression, completion, literacy, teachers, population, and expenditures. The indicators cover the education cycle from pre-primary to vocational and tertiary education.
    • octobre 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      All entities that provide funds for education, either initially or as final payers, are classified as either governmental (public) sources or non-governmental (private) sources, the sole exception being "international agencies and other foreign sources", which are treated as a separate category. There are three types of financial transactions: Direct expenditure on educational institutions; Transfers to students or households and to other private entities; and Households' expenditure on education outside educational institutions.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These indicators on expenditure on education are published in chapter C of Education at a Glance, which covers financial and human resources invested in education.They are either policy levers or provide context information on education systems, or sometimes both. For example, expenditure per student is a key policy measure that most directly affects the individual learner, as it acts as a constraint on the learning environment in schools and learning conditions in the classroom.The data set “educational finance indicators” provides the main indicators computed for three levels of education : primary, secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary levels combined; tertiary level; and primary to tertiary levels combined. Other datasets provide more breakdowns for each specific indicator.
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and age.
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents the average number of teachers by sex and type of institution.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : National Crime Records Bureau, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Educational standard of inmates   Description: The data refers to State/UT-wise and Educational standard-wise details of prison inmates at the end of the reference year. The prison inmates are categorised into male and female population. The age of inmates are grouped into 16-18 yrs, 18-30 yrs, 30-50 yrs and 50 & above yrs. Educational status is further sub-categorized into illiterate, education up to class Xth, etc.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Home AffairsDepartment of StatesNational Crime Records Bureau (NCRB)   Keywords: Education; Inmate; Prison   Group: Prison Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Police; Home Affairs and Enforcement   Note: Figures are in number. Prison Statistics India 2013, National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).
    • avril 2019
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2019
      Source : U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis. The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices. Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Election To The Lok Sabha - House of People   Description: The data refers to all India and state-wise details on election to the Lok Sabha (House of People) including number of constituencies, electors, votes polled and valid votes polled.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: Elector; Poll; Constituencie; Loksabha   Group: Electoral Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; Lok Sabha; Governance and Administration   Note: Source : Election Commission of India also published in statistical year book 2015 by MOSPI.
    • mars 2016
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Election To The Vidhan Sabhas (State Legislative Assemblies)   Description: The data refers to details on Number of seats, Number of electors, Number of votes polled, Number of valid votes polled and Percentage of votes polled of Election To The Vidhan Sabhas (State Legislative Assemblies).   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation   Keywords: Seat; Elector; Vote; Polled; Valid   Group: Electoral Statistics   Sectors: Statistics; All   Note: Percentage of votes polled = Number of votes polled/Number of electors. Original Data Source: Election Commission of India and also published in Statistical Year Book-2016 by MoSPI.
    • novembre 2018
      Source : Climatescope
      Téléchargé par : Sandeep Reddy
      Accès le : 27 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World: Electricity Prices
    • septembre 2014
      Source : National Institution for Transforming India-NITI Aayog
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Title: Electricity Tariff/Cost Under RGGVY   Description: Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) being implemented in Indian states mostly to provide benefits to households below the “poverty line” (BPL) through a free connection but chargeable consumption of power. The principal aims of RGGVY being implemented since 2005 are the following: (1) Electrifying all villages and habitations as per new definition. (2) Providing access to electricity to all rural households. (3)Providing electricity connection to Below Poverty Line (BPL) families free of charge. The data describes the Tariff levels in various states and BPL tariffs in Bihar and Gujarat.   Released Under: National Data Sharing and Accessibility Policy (NDSAP)   Contributor: NITI Aayog/Planning Commission   Keywords: cost; tariff; Rajiv; Gandhi; Grameen; Vidyutikaran; Yojana; Power; Energy; Price   Group: Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana   Sectors: All   Note: Evaluation Report on Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) - May, 2014. 1. The comparison is for 200 units consumption in domestic category. 2. For Delhi 2.90 Rs. /unit includes subsidy of 1 Re per unit for domestic consumers. 3. without subsidy the tariff in Delhi for 200 units would be Rs. 3.90 per unit.
    • octobre 2018
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset covers Electricity generation, consumption, Installed Capacity across India. Note: 2000-01 as referred as 2001. Source: Central Electricity Authority,Ministry of Power & Central Statistical Organisation
    • février 2017
      Source : National Institute of Statistics, Cameroon
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 février, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data cited at: https://cameroon.opendataforafrica.org/gfuiizc ELEVAGE ET PECHE, 2013
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions from manure applied to soils consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) added to agricultural soils by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the application site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market) and turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (N content in manure) are also provided.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions from manure left on pastures consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from manure nitrogen (N) left on pastures by grazing livestock. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as direct, indirect and total Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for N2O and N content in manure are also provided.
    • juin 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from synthetic fertilizers consist of nitrous oxide gas from synthetic nitrogen additions to managed soils. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the addition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for N2O and activity data (consumption) are also provided.
    • mai 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • décembre 2018
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • mai 2019
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation avec référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité achevé.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par profession utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponible chaque année. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par situation dans la profession utilisant la dernière version de la Classification internationale type de situation dans la profession (CISP-93). La situation dans la profession fait référence au type de contrat de travail explicite ou implicite que la personne a avec d'autres personnes ou organisations. Les critères de base utilisés pour définir les catégories de la classification sont le type de risque économique et le type d'autorité que les titulaires d'un emploi ont ou auront sur les établissements et les autres travailleurs.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par le statut de scolarisation, étudiant ou non étudiant.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). La couverture géographique implique une ventilation par zones rurales et urbaines. La distinction entre ces zones géographiques se fait conformément aux définitions nationales.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les séries harmonisées pour l'emploi informel et le secteur informel sont dérivées en utilisant le même ensemble de critères à travers les pays pour améliorer la comparabilité. Les critères utilisés sont basés sur le statut d'emploi, le secteur institutionnel, la destination de la production, la comptabilité, l'enregistrement, la cotisation de sécurité sociale, les lieux de travail et la taille. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de l'indicateur.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les séries harmonisées pour l'emploi informel et le secteur informel sont dérivées en utilisant le même ensemble de critères à travers les pays pour améliorer la comparabilité. Les critères utilisés sont basés sur le statut d'emploi, le secteur institutionnel, la destination de la production, la comptabilité, l'enregistrement, la cotisation de sécurité sociale, les lieux de travail et la taille. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de l'indicateur.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique et par profession, utilisant les versions plus récentes de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) et la Classification Internationale Type des Professions (CITP) disponibles chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. L'information sur la profession fait référence à l'ensemble des tâches et obligations effectuées par une personne ou pouvant lui être affectées.
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année pour les catégories au niveau à 2 chiffres de la classification. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • août 2018
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 septembre, 2018
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année pour une sélection de catégories au niveau à 2 chiffres de la classification. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique utilisant la version plus récente de la Classification internationale type des industries (CITI) disponible chaque année. L'activité économique fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille.
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur.
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail).
    • novembre 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 novembre, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par niveau d'éducation, faisant référence au plus haut niveau de scolarité complété, selon la Classification internationale type de l'éducation (CITE).
    • juin 2019
      Source : International Labour Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2019
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Les personnes pourvues d'un emploi sont toutes les personnes en âge de travailler qui, durant une brève période de référence spécifiée, se trouvaient dans une des catégories suivantes: a) emploi salarié (soit au travail ou ayant un emploi mais pas au travail), b) emploi non salarié (soit au travail ou ayant une entreprise mais pas au travail). Les données sont présentées par activité économique, qui fait référence à l'activité principale de l'établissement dans lequel la personne a travaillé pendant la période de référence, et ne dépend pas des tâches ou des fonctions spécifiques du travail de la personne, mais des caractéristiques de l'entité économique dans laquelle cette personne travaille. Cette série fait partie des estimations du BIT et est harmonisée pour tenir compte des différences entre les données nationales, la portée de la couverture, les méthodologies de collecte et de tabulation, et de facteurs spécifiques aux pays. Les données pour 1991-2016 sont des estimations tandis que les données pour 2017-2021 sont des projections. La base de données a été mise à jour en Novembre 2017. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la description de l'indicateur et le document méthodologique sur les estimations et projections du BIT (en anglais).